* elf32-sh.c (sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections): Don't create .rela
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
6
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23
24 #include "sysdep.h"
25 #include "bfd.h"
26 #include "bfdlink.h"
27 #include "libbfd.h"
28 #include "elf-bfd.h"
29 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
30 #include "elf/sh.h"
31 #include "dwarf2.h"
32 #include "libiberty.h"
33 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
34
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
38 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
40 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
41 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
42 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
43 #ifndef SH64_ELF
44 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
45 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46 #endif
47 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
48 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
49 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
50 (struct bfd_link_info *);
51 static bfd_vma tpoff
52 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
53
54 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
55 section. */
56
57 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
58
59 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
60 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
61
62 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
63
64 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
65 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
66 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
67 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
68 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
69 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
70 \f
71 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
72 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
73 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
74 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
75 {
76 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
77 };
78
79 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
80 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
81 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
82 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
83 {
84 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
85 };
86 \f
87 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
88
89 static bfd_boolean
90 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
91 {
92 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
93 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
94 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
95
96 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
97 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
98 #else
99 return FALSE;
100 #endif
101 }
102
103 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
104
105 static bfd_boolean
106 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
107 {
108 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
109 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
110 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
111
112 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
113 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
114 #else
115 return FALSE;
116 #endif
117 }
118
119 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
120
121 static reloc_howto_type *
122 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
123 {
124 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
125 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
126 return sh_elf_howto_table;
127 }
128
129 static bfd_reloc_status_type
130 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
131 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
132 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
133 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
134 {
135 static bfd_vma last_addr;
136 static asection *last_symbol_section;
137 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
138 int diff, cum_diff;
139 bfd_signed_vma x;
140 int insn;
141
142 /* Sanity check the address. */
143 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
144 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
145
146 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
147 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
148 if (! last_addr)
149 {
150 last_addr = addr;
151 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
152 return bfd_reloc_ok;
153 }
154 if (last_addr != addr)
155 abort ();
156 last_addr = 0;
157
158 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
159 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
160
161 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
162 if (symbol_section != input_section)
163 {
164 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
165 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
166 else
167 {
168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
169 &contents))
170 {
171 if (contents != NULL)
172 free (contents);
173 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
174 }
175 }
176 }
177 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
178 start_ptr = contents + start;
179 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
180 {
181 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
182 ptr -= 2;
183 ptr += 2;
184 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
185 cum_diff += diff & 1;
186 cum_diff += diff;
187 }
188 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
189 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
190 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
191 if (cum_diff >= 0)
192 {
193 start -= 4;
194 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
195 }
196 else
197 {
198 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
199
200 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
201 start0 -= 2;
202 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
203 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
204 end = start0;
205 }
206
207 if (contents != NULL
208 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
209 free (contents);
210
211 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
212
213 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
214 if (input_section != symbol_section)
215 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
216 - (input_section->output_section->vma
217 + input_section->output_offset));
218 x >>= 1;
219 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
220 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
221
222 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
223 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
224
225 return bfd_reloc_ok;
226 }
227
228 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
229 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
230
231 static bfd_reloc_status_type
232 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
233 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
234 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
235 {
236 unsigned long insn;
237 bfd_vma sym_value;
238 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
239 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
240 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
241
242 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
243
244 if (output_bfd != NULL)
245 {
246 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
247 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
248 return bfd_reloc_ok;
249 }
250
251 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
252 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
253 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
254 return bfd_reloc_ok;
255
256 if (symbol_in != NULL
257 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
258 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
259
260 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
261 sym_value = 0;
262 else
263 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
264 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
265 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
266
267 switch (r_type)
268 {
269 case R_SH_DIR32:
270 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
271 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
272 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
273 break;
274 case R_SH_IND12W:
275 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
276 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
277 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
278 + input_section->output_offset
279 + addr
280 + 4);
281 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
282 if (insn & 0x800)
283 sym_value -= 0x1000;
284 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
285 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
286 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
287 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
288 break;
289 default:
290 abort ();
291 break;
292 }
293
294 return bfd_reloc_ok;
295 }
296
297 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
298 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
299
300 static bfd_reloc_status_type
301 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
302 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
303 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
304 bfd *output_bfd,
305 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
306 {
307 if (output_bfd != NULL)
308 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
309 return bfd_reloc_ok;
310 }
311
312 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
313
314 struct elf_reloc_map
315 {
316 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
317 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
318 };
319
320 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
321
322 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
323 {
324 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
325 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
332 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
334 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
343 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
344 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
359 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
361 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
371 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
419 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
420 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
421 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
422 };
423
424 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
425 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
426
427 static reloc_howto_type *
428 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
429 {
430 unsigned int i;
431
432 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
433 {
434 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
435 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
436 }
437
438 return NULL;
439 }
440
441 static reloc_howto_type *
442 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
443 {
444 unsigned int i;
445
446 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
447 {
448 for (i = 0;
449 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
450 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
451 i++)
452 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
453 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
454 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
455 }
456 else
457 {
458 for (i = 0;
459 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
460 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
461 i++)
462 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
463 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
464 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
465 }
466
467 return NULL;
468 }
469
470 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
471
472 static void
473 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
474 {
475 unsigned int r;
476
477 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
478
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
484 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
485 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
486
487 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
488 }
489 \f
490 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
491 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
492 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
493 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
494 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
495 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
496 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
497 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
498 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
499
500 static bfd_boolean
501 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
502 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
503 {
504 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
505 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
506 bfd_boolean have_code;
507 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
508 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
509 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
510
511 *again = FALSE;
512
513 if (link_info->relocatable
514 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
515 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
516 return TRUE;
517
518 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
519 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
520 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
521 {
522 return TRUE;
523 }
524 #endif
525
526 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
527
528 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
529 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
530 link_info->keep_memory));
531 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
532 goto error_return;
533
534 have_code = FALSE;
535
536 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
537 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
538 {
539 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
540 unsigned short insn;
541 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
542 bfd_signed_vma foff;
543
544 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
545 have_code = TRUE;
546
547 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
548 continue;
549
550 /* Get the section contents. */
551 if (contents == NULL)
552 {
553 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
554 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
555 else
556 {
557 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
558 goto error_return;
559 }
560 }
561
562 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
563 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
564 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
565 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
566 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
567 if (laddr >= sec->size)
568 {
569 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
570 abfd,
571 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
572 continue;
573 }
574 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
575
576 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
577 do. */
578 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
579 {
580 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
581 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
582 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
583 continue;
584 }
585
586 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
587 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
588 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
589 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
590 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
591 on a four byte boundary. */
592 paddr = insn & 0xff;
593 paddr *= 4;
594 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
595 if (paddr >= sec->size)
596 {
597 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
598 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
599 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
600 continue;
601 }
602
603 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
604 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
605 actually being called. */
606 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
607 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
608 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
609 break;
610 if (irelfn >= irelend)
611 {
612 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
613 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
614 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
615 continue;
616 }
617
618 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
619 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
620 {
621 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
622 if (isymbuf == NULL)
623 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
624 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
625 NULL, NULL, NULL);
626 if (isymbuf == NULL)
627 goto error_return;
628 }
629
630 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
631 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
632 {
633 /* A local symbol. */
634 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
635
636 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
637 if (isym->st_shndx
638 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
639 {
640 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
641 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
642 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
643 continue;
644 }
645
646 symval = (isym->st_value
647 + sec->output_section->vma
648 + sec->output_offset);
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 unsigned long indx;
653 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
654
655 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
656 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
657 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
658 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
659 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
660 {
661 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
662 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
663 regular reloc processing. */
664 continue;
665 }
666
667 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
668 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
669 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
670 }
671
672 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
673 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
674 else
675 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
676
677 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
678 foff = (symval
679 - (irel->r_offset
680 + sec->output_section->vma
681 + sec->output_offset
682 + 4));
683 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
684 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
685 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
686 that. */
687 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
688 {
689 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
690 continue;
691 }
692
693 /* Shorten the function call. */
694
695 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
696 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
697 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
698 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
699 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
700 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
701 the linker is run. */
702
703 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
704 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
705 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
706
707 /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
708
709 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
710 replace the jsr with a bsr. */
711 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
712 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
713 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
714 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
715 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
716 the value of the symbol is not available. */
717
718 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
719 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
720 the final link phase handle it. */
721 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
722
723 irel->r_addend = -4;
724
725 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
726 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
727 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
728 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
729 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
730
731 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
732 register load. */
733 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
734 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
735 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
736 break;
737 if (irelscan < irelend)
738 {
739 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
740 and we have not yet converted that function call.
741 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
742 nothing else we can do at this point. */
743 continue;
744 }
745
746 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
747 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
748 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
749 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
750 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
751 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
752 break;
753
754 /* Delete the register load. */
755 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
756 goto error_return;
757
758 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
759 other function call to come within range, we should relax
760 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
761 *again = TRUE;
762
763 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
764 if (irelcount >= irelend)
765 {
766 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
767 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
768 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
769 continue;
770 }
771
772 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
773 just deleted one. */
774 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
775 {
776 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
777 abfd,
778 (unsigned long) paddr));
779 continue;
780 }
781
782 --irelcount->r_addend;
783
784 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
785 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
786 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
787 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
788 {
789 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
790 goto error_return;
791 }
792
793 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
794 }
795
796 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
797 byte boundaries. */
798 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
799 && have_code)
800 {
801 bfd_boolean swapped;
802
803 /* Get the section contents. */
804 if (contents == NULL)
805 {
806 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
807 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
808 else
809 {
810 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
811 goto error_return;
812 }
813 }
814
815 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
816 &swapped))
817 goto error_return;
818
819 if (swapped)
820 {
821 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
822 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
823 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
824 }
825 }
826
827 if (isymbuf != NULL
828 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
829 {
830 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
831 free (isymbuf);
832 else
833 {
834 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
835 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
836 }
837 }
838
839 if (contents != NULL
840 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
841 {
842 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
843 free (contents);
844 else
845 {
846 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
847 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
848 }
849 }
850
851 if (internal_relocs != NULL
852 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
853 free (internal_relocs);
854
855 return TRUE;
856
857 error_return:
858 if (isymbuf != NULL
859 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
860 free (isymbuf);
861 if (contents != NULL
862 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
863 free (contents);
864 if (internal_relocs != NULL
865 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
866 free (internal_relocs);
867
868 return FALSE;
869 }
870
871 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
872 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
873 in coff-sh.c. */
874
875 static bfd_boolean
876 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
877 int count)
878 {
879 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
880 unsigned int sec_shndx;
881 bfd_byte *contents;
882 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
883 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
884 bfd_vma toaddr;
885 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
887 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
888 unsigned int symcount;
889 asection *o;
890
891 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
892 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
893
894 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
895
896 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
897
898 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
899 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
900
901 irelalign = NULL;
902 toaddr = sec->size;
903
904 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
905 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
906 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
907 {
908 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
909 && irel->r_offset > addr
910 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
911 {
912 irelalign = irel;
913 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
914 break;
915 }
916 }
917
918 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
919 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
920 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
921 if (irelalign == NULL)
922 sec->size -= count;
923 else
924 {
925 int i;
926
927 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
928
929 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
930 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
931 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
932 }
933
934 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
935 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
936 {
937 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
938 bfd_vma start = 0;
939 int insn = 0;
940 int off, adjust, oinsn;
941 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
942 bfd_boolean overflow;
943
944 /* Get the new reloc address. */
945 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
946 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
947 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
948 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
949 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
950 nraddr -= count;
951
952 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
953 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
954 represent addresses, though. */
955 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
956 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
957 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
960 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
961 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
962 (int) R_SH_NONE);
963
964 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
965 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
966 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
967 {
968 default:
969 break;
970
971 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
972 case R_SH_IND12W:
973 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
974 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
975 start = irel->r_offset;
976 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
977 break;
978 }
979
980 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
981 {
982 default:
983 start = stop = addr;
984 break;
985
986 case R_SH_DIR32:
987 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
988 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
989 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
990 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
991 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
992 {
993 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
994 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
995 && (isym->st_value <= addr
996 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
997 {
998 bfd_vma val;
999
1000 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1001 {
1002 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1003 val += isym->st_value;
1004 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1005 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1006 }
1007 else
1008 {
1009 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1010 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1011 irel->r_addend -= count;
1012 }
1013 }
1014 }
1015 start = stop = addr;
1016 break;
1017
1018 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1019 off = insn & 0xff;
1020 if (off & 0x80)
1021 off -= 0x100;
1022 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1023 break;
1024
1025 case R_SH_IND12W:
1026 off = insn & 0xfff;
1027 if (! off)
1028 {
1029 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1030 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1031 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1032 start = stop = addr;
1033 }
1034 else
1035 {
1036 if (off & 0x800)
1037 off -= 0x1000;
1038 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1039
1040 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1041 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1042 start of the section.
1043 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1044 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1045 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1046 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1047 irel->r_addend -= count;
1048 }
1049 break;
1050
1051 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1052 off = insn & 0xff;
1053 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1054 break;
1055
1056 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1057 off = insn & 0xff;
1058 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1059 break;
1060
1061 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1063 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1064 /* These relocs types represent
1065 .word L2-L1
1066 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1067 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1068 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1069 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1070 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1071 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1072
1073 stop = irel->r_offset;
1074 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1075
1076 if (start > addr
1077 && start < toaddr
1078 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1079 irel->r_addend += count;
1080 else if (stop > addr
1081 && stop < toaddr
1082 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1083 irel->r_addend -= count;
1084
1085 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1086 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1087 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1088 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1089 else
1090 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1091 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1092
1093 break;
1094
1095 case R_SH_USES:
1096 start = irel->r_offset;
1097 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1098 + (long) irel->r_addend
1099 + 4);
1100 break;
1101 }
1102
1103 if (start > addr
1104 && start < toaddr
1105 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1106 adjust = count;
1107 else if (stop > addr
1108 && stop < toaddr
1109 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1110 adjust = - count;
1111 else
1112 adjust = 0;
1113
1114 if (adjust != 0)
1115 {
1116 oinsn = insn;
1117 overflow = FALSE;
1118 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1119 {
1120 default:
1121 abort ();
1122 break;
1123
1124 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1125 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1126 insn += adjust / 2;
1127 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1128 overflow = TRUE;
1129 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1130 break;
1131
1132 case R_SH_IND12W:
1133 insn += adjust / 2;
1134 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1135 overflow = TRUE;
1136 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1137 break;
1138
1139 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1140 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1141 if (count >= 4)
1142 insn += adjust / 4;
1143 else
1144 {
1145 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1146 ++insn;
1147 }
1148 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1149 overflow = TRUE;
1150 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1151 break;
1152
1153 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1154 voff += adjust;
1155 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1156 overflow = TRUE;
1157 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1158 break;
1159
1160 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1161 voff += adjust;
1162 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1163 overflow = TRUE;
1164 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1165 break;
1166
1167 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1168 voff += adjust;
1169 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1170 break;
1171
1172 case R_SH_USES:
1173 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1174 break;
1175 }
1176
1177 if (overflow)
1178 {
1179 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1180 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1181 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1183 return FALSE;
1184 }
1185 }
1186
1187 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1188 }
1189
1190 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1191 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1192 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1193 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1194 {
1195 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1196 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1197 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1198
1199 if (o == sec
1200 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1201 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1202 continue;
1203
1204 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1205 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1206 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1207 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1208 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1209 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1210 return FALSE;
1211
1212 ocontents = NULL;
1213 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1214 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1215 {
1216 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1217 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1218 {
1219 bfd_vma start, stop;
1220 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1221
1222 if (ocontents == NULL)
1223 {
1224 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1225 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1226 else
1227 {
1228 /* We always cache the section contents.
1229 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1230 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1231 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1232 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1233 {
1234 if (ocontents != NULL)
1235 free (ocontents);
1236 return FALSE;
1237 }
1238
1239 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1240 }
1241 }
1242
1243 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1244 start
1245 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1246
1247 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1248 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1249 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1250
1251 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1252 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1253
1254 if (start > addr
1255 && start < toaddr
1256 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1257 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1258 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1259 else if (stop > addr
1260 && stop < toaddr
1261 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1262 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1263 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1264 }
1265
1266 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1267 continue;
1268
1269 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1270 continue;
1271
1272
1273 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1274 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1275 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1276 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1277 {
1278 bfd_vma val;
1279
1280 if (ocontents == NULL)
1281 {
1282 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1283 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1284 else
1285 {
1286 /* We always cache the section contents.
1287 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1288 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1289 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1290 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1291 {
1292 if (ocontents != NULL)
1293 free (ocontents);
1294 return FALSE;
1295 }
1296
1297 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1298 }
1299 }
1300
1301 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1302 val += isym->st_value;
1303 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1304 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1305 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1306 }
1307 }
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1311 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1312 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1313 {
1314 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1315 && isym->st_value > addr
1316 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1317 isym->st_value -= count;
1318 }
1319
1320 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1321 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1322 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1323 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1324 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1325 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1326 {
1327 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1328 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1329 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1330 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1332 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1333 {
1334 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1339 r_offset for it already. */
1340 if (irelalign != NULL)
1341 {
1342 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1343
1344 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1345 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1346 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1347 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1348 {
1349 /* Tail recursion. */
1350 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1351 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1352 }
1353 }
1354
1355 return TRUE;
1356 }
1357
1358 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1359 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1360
1361 static bfd_boolean
1362 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1363 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1364 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1365 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1366 {
1367 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1368 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1369 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1370 bfd_size_type amt;
1371
1372 *pswapped = FALSE;
1373
1374 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1375
1376 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1377 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1378 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1379 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1380 if (labels == NULL)
1381 goto error_return;
1382 label_end = labels;
1383 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1384 {
1385 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1386 {
1387 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1388 ++label_end;
1389 }
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1393 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1394 the label values and the relocs. */
1395
1396 label = labels;
1397
1398 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1399 {
1400 bfd_vma start, stop;
1401
1402 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1403 continue;
1404
1405 start = irel->r_offset;
1406
1407 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1408 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1409 break;
1410 if (irel < irelend)
1411 stop = irel->r_offset;
1412 else
1413 stop = sec->size;
1414
1415 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1416 internal_relocs, &label,
1417 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1418 goto error_return;
1419 }
1420
1421 free (labels);
1422
1423 return TRUE;
1424
1425 error_return:
1426 if (labels != NULL)
1427 free (labels);
1428 return FALSE;
1429 }
1430
1431 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1432 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1433
1434 static bfd_boolean
1435 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1436 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1437 {
1438 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1439 unsigned short i1, i2;
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1441
1442 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1443 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1444 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1445 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1446 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1447
1448 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1449 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1450 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1451 {
1452 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1453 int add;
1454
1455 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1456 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1457 but are only associated with the address. */
1458 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1459 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1460 || type == R_SH_CODE
1461 || type == R_SH_DATA
1462 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1463 continue;
1464
1465 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1466 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1467 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1468 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1469 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1470 instruction it shouldn't). */
1471 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1472 {
1473 bfd_vma off;
1474
1475 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1476 if (off == addr)
1477 irel->r_offset += 2;
1478 else if (off == addr + 2)
1479 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1480 }
1481
1482 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1483 {
1484 irel->r_offset += 2;
1485 add = -2;
1486 }
1487 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1488 {
1489 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1490 add = 2;
1491 }
1492 else
1493 add = 0;
1494
1495 if (add != 0)
1496 {
1497 bfd_byte *loc;
1498 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1499 bfd_boolean overflow;
1500
1501 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1502 overflow = FALSE;
1503 switch (type)
1504 {
1505 default:
1506 break;
1507
1508 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1509 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1510 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1511 oinsn = insn;
1512 insn += add / 2;
1513 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1514 overflow = TRUE;
1515 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1516 break;
1517
1518 case R_SH_IND12W:
1519 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1520 oinsn = insn;
1521 insn += add / 2;
1522 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1523 overflow = TRUE;
1524 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1525 break;
1526
1527 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1528 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1529 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1530 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1531 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1532 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1533 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1534 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1535 {
1536 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1537 oinsn = insn;
1538 insn += add / 2;
1539 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1540 overflow = TRUE;
1541 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1542 }
1543
1544 break;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (overflow)
1548 {
1549 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1550 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1551 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1552 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1553 return FALSE;
1554 }
1555 }
1556 }
1557
1558 return TRUE;
1559 }
1560 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1561 \f
1562 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1563
1564 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1565 {
1566 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1567 first entry. */
1568 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1569
1570 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1571 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1572
1573 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1574 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1575 if there is no such pointer. */
1576 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1577
1578 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1579 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1580
1581 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1582 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1583
1584 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1585 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1586 that the field must hold. */
1587 struct {
1588 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1589 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1590 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1591 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1592 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1593 entry). */
1594 } symbol_fields;
1595
1596 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1597 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1598
1599 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1600 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1601 other cases. */
1602 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1603 };
1604
1605 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1606
1607 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1608
1609 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1610
1611 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1612
1613 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1614 {
1615 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1616 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1617 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1618 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1619 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1620 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1621 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1631 };
1632
1633 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 {
1635 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1638 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1640 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1651 };
1652
1653 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1654 this. */
1655
1656 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657 {
1658 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1659 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1660 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1661 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1662 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1663 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1666 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1667 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1668 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1669 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1670 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1671 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1672 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1674 };
1675
1676 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 {
1678 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1681 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1686 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1694 };
1695
1696 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1697
1698 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1699 {
1700 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1701 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1702 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1703 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1704 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1705 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1708 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1709 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1710 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1711 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1712 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1713 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1714 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1715 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1716 };
1717
1718 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 {
1720 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1728 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1731 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1733 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736 };
1737
1738 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1739 {
1740 {
1741 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1742 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1743 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1744 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1745 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1746 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1747 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1748 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1749 NULL
1750 },
1751 {
1752 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1753 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1754 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1755 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1756 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1757 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1758 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1759 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1760 NULL
1761 },
1762 },
1763 {
1764 {
1765 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1766 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1767 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1768 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1769 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1770 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1771 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1772 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1773 NULL
1774 },
1775 {
1776 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1777 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1778 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1779 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1780 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1781 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1782 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1783 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1784 NULL
1785 },
1786 }
1787 };
1788
1789 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1790 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1791
1792 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1793 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1794 not data.
1795
1796 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1797
1798 inline static void
1799 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1800 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1801 {
1802 value |= code_p;
1803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1804 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1805 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1806 addr);
1807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1808 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1809 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1810 addr + 4);
1811 }
1812
1813 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1814 the object is position-independent. */
1815
1816 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1817 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1818 {
1819 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1820 }
1821 #else
1822 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1823
1824 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1825
1826 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1827
1828 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1829 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1830 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1831 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1832 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1833 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1834 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1835 greater than or equal to 12. */
1836 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1837 {
1838 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1839 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1840 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1841 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1842 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1843 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1844 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1845 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1848 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1849 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1850 };
1851
1852 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1853 {
1854 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1855 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1856 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1857 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1858 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1859 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1860 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1861 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1864 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1865 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1866 };
1867
1868 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1869 this. */
1870
1871 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1872 {
1873 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1874 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1875 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1876 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1877 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1878 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1879 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1880 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1881 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1883 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1884 };
1885
1886 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1887 {
1888 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1889 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1890 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1891 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1892 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1893 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1894 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1895 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1896 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1898 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1899 };
1900
1901 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1902
1903 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1904 {
1905 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1906 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1907 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1908 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1909 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1910 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1911 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1912 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1913 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1914 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1915 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1917 };
1918
1919 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1920 {
1921 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1922 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1923 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1924 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1925 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1926 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1927 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1928 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1929 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1930 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1931 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1932 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1933 };
1934
1935 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1936 {
1937 {
1938 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1939 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1940 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1941 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1942 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1943 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1944 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1945 8,
1946 NULL
1947 },
1948 {
1949 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1950 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1951 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1952 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1953 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1954 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1955 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1956 8,
1957 NULL
1958 },
1959 },
1960 {
1961 {
1962 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1963 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1964 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1965 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1966 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1967 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1968 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1969 8,
1970 NULL
1971 },
1972 {
1973 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1974 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1975 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1976 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1977 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1978 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1979 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1980 8,
1981 NULL
1982 },
1983 }
1984 };
1985
1986 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1987 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1988
1989 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1990 {
1991 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1992 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1993 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1994 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1995 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1996 };
1997
1998 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1999 {
2000 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2001 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2002 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2003 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2004 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2005 };
2006
2007 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2008 {
2009 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2010 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2011 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2012 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2013 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2014 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2015 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2016 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2017 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2018 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2019 };
2020
2021 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2022 {
2023 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2024 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2025 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2026 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2027 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2028 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2029 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2030 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2031 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2032 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2033 };
2034
2035 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2036 {
2037 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2038 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2039 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2040 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2041 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2042 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2043 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2044 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2045 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2046 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2047 };
2048
2049 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2050 {
2051 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2052 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2053 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2054 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2055 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2056 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2057 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2058 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2059 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2060 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2061 };
2062
2063 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2064 {
2065 {
2066 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2067 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2068 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2069 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2070 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2071 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2072 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2073 12,
2074 NULL
2075 },
2076 {
2077 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2078 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2079 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2080 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2081 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2082 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2083 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2084 12,
2085 NULL
2086 },
2087 },
2088 {
2089 {
2090 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2091 NULL,
2092 0,
2093 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2094 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2095 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2096 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2097 12,
2098 NULL
2099 },
2100 {
2101 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2102 NULL,
2103 0,
2104 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2105 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2106 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2107 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2108 12,
2109 NULL
2110 },
2111 }
2112 };
2113
2114 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2115 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2116 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2117 cache behavior. */
2118
2119 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2120 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2121
2122 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2123 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2124 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2125 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2126 stubs separately. */
2127
2128 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2129 {
2130 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2131 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2132 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2133 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2134 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2135 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2136 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2137 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2138 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2139 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2140 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2141 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2142 };
2143
2144 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2145 {
2146 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2147 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2148 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2149 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2150 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2151 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2152 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2153 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2154 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2155 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2156 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2157 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2158 };
2159
2160 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2161 {
2162 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2163 NULL,
2164 0,
2165 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2166 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2167 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2168 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2169 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2170 NULL
2171 },
2172 {
2173 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2174 NULL,
2175 0,
2176 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2177 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2178 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2179 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2180 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2181 NULL
2182 },
2183 };
2184
2185 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2186 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2187 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2188 but would not be any smaller. */
2189
2190 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2191 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2192
2193 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2194 {
2195 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2196 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2197 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2198 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2199 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2200 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2201 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2202 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2203 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2204 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2205 };
2206
2207 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2208 {
2209 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2210 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2211 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2212 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2213 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2214 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2215 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2216 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2217 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2218 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2219 };
2220
2221 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2222 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2223 NULL,
2224 0,
2225 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2226 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2227 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2228 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2229 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2230 NULL
2231 };
2232
2233 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2234 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2235 NULL,
2236 0,
2237 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2238 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2239 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2240 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2241 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2242 NULL
2243 };
2244
2245 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2246 {
2247 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2248 NULL,
2249 0,
2250 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2251 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2252 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2253 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2254 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2255 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2256 },
2257 {
2258 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2259 NULL,
2260 0,
2261 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2262 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2263 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2264 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2265 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2266 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2267 },
2268 };
2269
2270 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2271 the object is position-independent. */
2272
2273 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2274 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2275 {
2276 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2277 {
2278 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2279 sequence. */
2280 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2281 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2282 else
2283 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2284 }
2285 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2286 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2288 }
2289
2290 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2291 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2292 not data. */
2293
2294 inline static void
2295 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2296 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2297 {
2298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2299 }
2300 #endif
2301
2302 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2303 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2304 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2305 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2306 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2307
2308 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2309
2310 static bfd_vma
2311 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2312 {
2313 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2314
2315 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2316 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2317 {
2318 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2319 {
2320 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2321 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2322 }
2323 else
2324 info = info->short_plt;
2325 }
2326 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2327 }
2328
2329 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2330
2331 static bfd_vma
2332 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2333 {
2334 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2335
2336 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 {
2338 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2339 {
2340 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2341 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2342 }
2343 else
2344 info = info->short_plt;
2345 }
2346 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2347 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2348 }
2349
2350 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2351 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2352 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2353 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2354 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2355
2356 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2357 {
2358 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2359
2360 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2361 asection *sec;
2362
2363 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2364 bfd_size_type count;
2365
2366 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2367 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2368 };
2369
2370 union gotref
2371 {
2372 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2373 bfd_vma offset;
2374 };
2375
2376 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2377
2378 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2379 {
2380 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2381
2382 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2383 union
2384 {
2385 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2386 bfd_vma offset;
2387 } datalabel_got;
2388 #endif
2389
2390 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2391 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2392
2393 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2394
2395 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2396 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2397 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2398 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2399 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2400 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2401 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2402 descriptor will be canonical. */
2403 union gotref funcdesc;
2404
2405 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2406 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2407 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2408
2409 enum got_type {
2410 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2411 } got_type;
2412 };
2413
2414 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2415
2416 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2417 {
2418 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2419
2420 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2421 char *local_got_type;
2422
2423 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2424 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2425 };
2426
2427 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2428 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2429
2430 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2431 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2432
2433 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2434 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2435
2436 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2437 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2438 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2439 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2440
2441 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2442 as the specific tdata. */
2443
2444 static bfd_boolean
2445 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2446 {
2447 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2448 SH_ELF_DATA);
2449 }
2450
2451 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2452
2453 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2454 {
2455 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2456
2457 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2458 asection *sgot;
2459 asection *sgotplt;
2460 asection *srelgot;
2461 asection *splt;
2462 asection *srelplt;
2463 asection *sdynbss;
2464 asection *srelbss;
2465 asection *sfuncdesc;
2466 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2467 asection *srofixup;
2468
2469 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2470 asection *srelplt2;
2471
2472 /* Small local sym cache. */
2473 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2474
2475 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2476 union
2477 {
2478 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2479 bfd_vma offset;
2480 } tls_ldm_got;
2481
2482 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2483 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2484
2485 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2486 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2487
2488 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2489 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2490 };
2491
2492 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2493
2494 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2495 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2496 (&(table)->root, \
2497 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2498 (info)))
2499
2500 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2501
2502 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2503 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2504 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2505
2506 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2507
2508 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2509 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2510 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2511 const char *string)
2512 {
2513 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2514 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2515
2516 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2517 subclass. */
2518 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2519 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2520 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2521 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2522 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2523 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2524
2525 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2526 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2527 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2528 table, string));
2529 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2530 {
2531 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2532 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2533 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2534 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2535 #endif
2536 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2537 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2538 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2539 }
2540
2541 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2545
2546 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2547 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2548 {
2549 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2550 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2551
2552 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2553 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2554 return NULL;
2555
2556 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2557 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2558 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2559 SH_ELF_DATA))
2560 {
2561 free (ret);
2562 return NULL;
2563 }
2564
2565 ret->sgot = NULL;
2566 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2567 ret->srelgot = NULL;
2568 ret->splt = NULL;
2569 ret->srelplt = NULL;
2570 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2571 ret->srelbss = NULL;
2572 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2573 ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2574 ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2575 ret->plt_info = NULL;
2576 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2577 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2578
2579 return &ret->root.root;
2580 }
2581
2582 static bfd_boolean
2583 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2584 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2585 {
2586 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2587
2588 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2589 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2590 return TRUE;
2591
2592 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2593 relocate independently. */
2594 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2595 {
2596 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2597 case SHT_NOBITS:
2598 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2599 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2600 case SHT_NULL:
2601 return FALSE;
2602
2603 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2604 against any other section. */
2605 default:
2606 return TRUE;
2607 }
2608 }
2609
2610 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2611 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2612
2613 static bfd_boolean
2614 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2615 {
2616 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2617
2618 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2619 return FALSE;
2620
2621 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2622 if (htab == NULL)
2623 return FALSE;
2624
2625 htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2626 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2627 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2628 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2629 abort ();
2630
2631 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2632 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2633 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2634 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2635 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2636 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2637 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2638 return FALSE;
2639
2640 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2641 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2642 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2643 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2644 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2645 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2646 | SEC_READONLY));
2647 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2648 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2649 return FALSE;
2650
2651 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2652 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2653 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2654 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2655 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2656 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2657 | SEC_READONLY));
2658 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2659 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2660 return FALSE;
2661
2662 return TRUE;
2663 }
2664
2665 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2666
2667 static bfd_boolean
2668 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2669 {
2670 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2671 flagword flags, pltflags;
2672 asection *s;
2673 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2674 int ptralign = 0;
2675
2676 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2677 {
2678 case 32:
2679 ptralign = 2;
2680 break;
2681
2682 case 64:
2683 ptralign = 3;
2684 break;
2685
2686 default:
2687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2688 return FALSE;
2689 }
2690
2691 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2692 if (htab == NULL)
2693 return FALSE;
2694
2695 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2696 return TRUE;
2697
2698 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2699 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2700
2701 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2702 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2703
2704 pltflags = flags;
2705 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2706 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2707 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2708 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2709 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2710
2711 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2712 htab->splt = s;
2713 if (s == NULL
2714 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2715 return FALSE;
2716
2717 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2718 {
2719 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2720 .plt section. */
2721 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2722 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2723
2724 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2725 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2726 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2727 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2728 return FALSE;
2729
2730 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2731 h->def_regular = 1;
2732 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2733 htab->root.hplt = h;
2734
2735 if (info->shared
2736 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2737 return FALSE;
2738 }
2739
2740 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2741 bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2742 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2743 htab->srelplt = s;
2744 if (s == NULL
2745 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2746 return FALSE;
2747
2748 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2749 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2750 return FALSE;
2751
2752 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2753 {
2754 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2755 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2756 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2757 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2758 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2759 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2760 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2761 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2762 htab->sdynbss = s;
2763 if (s == NULL)
2764 return FALSE;
2765
2766 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2767 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2768 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2769 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2770 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2771 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2772 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2773 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2774 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2775 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2776 copy relocs. */
2777 if (! info->shared)
2778 {
2779 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2780 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2781 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2782 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2783 htab->srelbss = s;
2784 if (s == NULL
2785 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2786 return FALSE;
2787 }
2788 }
2789
2790 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2791 {
2792 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2793 return FALSE;
2794 }
2795
2796 return TRUE;
2797 }
2798 \f
2799 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2800 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2801 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2802 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2803 understand. */
2804
2805 static bfd_boolean
2806 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2807 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2808 {
2809 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2810 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2811 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2812 asection *s;
2813
2814 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2815 if (htab == NULL)
2816 return FALSE;
2817
2818 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2819 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2820 && (h->needs_plt
2821 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2822 || (h->def_dynamic
2823 && h->ref_regular
2824 && !h->def_regular)));
2825
2826 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2827 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2828 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2829 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2830 || h->needs_plt)
2831 {
2832 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2833 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2834 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2835 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2836 {
2837 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2838 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2839 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2840 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2841 reloc instead. */
2842 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2843 h->needs_plt = 0;
2844 }
2845
2846 return TRUE;
2847 }
2848 else
2849 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2850
2851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2854 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2855 {
2856 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2857 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2858 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2859 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2860 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2861 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2862 return TRUE;
2863 }
2864
2865 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2866 is not a function. */
2867
2868 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2869 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2870 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2871 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2872 if (info->shared)
2873 return TRUE;
2874
2875 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2876 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2877 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2878 return TRUE;
2879
2880 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2881 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2882 {
2883 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2884 return TRUE;
2885 }
2886
2887 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2888 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2889 {
2890 s = p->sec->output_section;
2891 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2892 break;
2893 }
2894
2895 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2896 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2897 the copy reloc. */
2898 if (p == NULL)
2899 {
2900 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2901 return TRUE;
2902 }
2903
2904 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2905 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2906 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2907 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2908 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2909 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2910 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2911 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2912 same memory location for the variable. */
2913
2914 s = htab->sdynbss;
2915 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2916
2917 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2918 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2919 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2920 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2921 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2922 {
2923 asection *srel;
2924
2925 srel = htab->srelbss;
2926 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2927 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2928 h->needs_copy = 1;
2929 }
2930
2931 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2932 }
2933
2934 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2935 dynamic relocs. */
2936
2937 static bfd_boolean
2938 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2939 {
2940 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2941 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2942 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2943 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2944
2945 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2946 return TRUE;
2947
2948 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2949 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2950 if (htab == NULL)
2951 return FALSE;
2952
2953 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2954 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2955 || h->forced_local)
2956 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2957 {
2958 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2959 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2960 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2961 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2962 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2963 }
2964
2965 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2966 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2967 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2968 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2969 {
2970 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2971 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2972 if (h->dynindx == -1
2973 && !h->forced_local)
2974 {
2975 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2976 return FALSE;
2977 }
2978
2979 if (info->shared
2980 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2981 {
2982 asection *s = htab->splt;
2983 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2984
2985 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2986 first entry. */
2987 if (s->size == 0)
2988 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2989
2990 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2991
2992 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2993 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2994 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2995 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2996 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2997 function's address will be the address of the canonical
2998 function descriptor. */
2999 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3000 {
3001 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3002 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3003 }
3004
3005 /* Make room for this entry. */
3006 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3007 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3008 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3009 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3010 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3011
3012 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3013 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3014 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3015 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3016 else
3017 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3018
3019 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3020 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3021
3022 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3023 {
3024 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3025 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3026 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3027
3028 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3029 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3030 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3031 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3032
3033 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3034 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3035 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3036 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3037 }
3038 }
3039 else
3040 {
3041 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3042 h->needs_plt = 0;
3043 }
3044 }
3045 else
3046 {
3047 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3048 h->needs_plt = 0;
3049 }
3050
3051 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3052 {
3053 asection *s;
3054 bfd_boolean dyn;
3055 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3056
3057 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3058 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3059 if (h->dynindx == -1
3060 && !h->forced_local)
3061 {
3062 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3063 return FALSE;
3064 }
3065
3066 s = htab->sgot;
3067 h->got.offset = s->size;
3068 s->size += 4;
3069 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3070 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3071 s->size += 4;
3072 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3073 if (!dyn)
3074 {
3075 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3076 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3077 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3078 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3079 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3080 }
3081 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3082 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && !h->def_dynamic && !info->shared)
3083 ;
3084 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3085 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3086 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3087 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3088 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3089 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3090 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3091 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3092 {
3093 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3094 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3095 else
3096 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3097 }
3098 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3099 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3100 && (info->shared
3101 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3102 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3103 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3104 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3105 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3106 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3107 }
3108 else
3109 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3110
3111 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3112 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3113 {
3114 asection *s;
3115 bfd_boolean dyn;
3116
3117 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3118 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3119 if (h->dynindx == -1
3120 && !h->forced_local)
3121 {
3122 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3123 return FALSE;
3124 }
3125
3126 s = htab->sgot;
3127 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3128 s->size += 4;
3129 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3130 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3131 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132 }
3133 else
3134 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3135 #endif
3136
3137 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3138 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3139 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3140 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3141 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3142 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3143 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3144 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3145 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3146 {
3147 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3148 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3149 else
3150 htab->srelgot->size
3151 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3152 }
3153
3154 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3155 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3156 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3157 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3158 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3159 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3160 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3161 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3162 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3163 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3164 {
3165 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3166 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3167 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3168
3169 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3170 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3171 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3172 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3173 else
3174 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3175 }
3176
3177 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3178 return TRUE;
3179
3180 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3181 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3182 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3183 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3184 visibility changes. */
3185
3186 if (info->shared)
3187 {
3188 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3189 {
3190 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3191
3192 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3193 {
3194 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3195 p->pc_count = 0;
3196 if (p->count == 0)
3197 *pp = p->next;
3198 else
3199 pp = &p->next;
3200 }
3201 }
3202
3203 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3204 {
3205 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3206
3207 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3208 {
3209 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3210 *pp = p->next;
3211 else
3212 pp = &p->next;
3213 }
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3217 visibility. */
3218 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3219 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3220 {
3221 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3222 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3223
3224 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3225 symbol in PIEs. */
3226 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3227 && !h->forced_local)
3228 {
3229 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3230 return FALSE;
3231 }
3232 }
3233 }
3234 else
3235 {
3236 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3237 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3238 dynamic. */
3239
3240 if (!h->non_got_ref
3241 && ((h->def_dynamic
3242 && !h->def_regular)
3243 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3244 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3245 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3246 {
3247 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3248 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3249 if (h->dynindx == -1
3250 && !h->forced_local)
3251 {
3252 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3253 return FALSE;
3254 }
3255
3256 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3257 relocs. */
3258 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3259 goto keep;
3260 }
3261
3262 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3263
3264 keep: ;
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3268 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3269 {
3270 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3271 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3272
3273 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3274 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3275 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3276 }
3277
3278 return TRUE;
3279 }
3280
3281 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3282
3283 static bfd_boolean
3284 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3285 {
3286 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3287 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3288
3289 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3290 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3291 {
3292 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3293
3294 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3295 {
3296 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3297
3298 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3299
3300 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3301 return FALSE;
3302 }
3303 }
3304 return TRUE;
3305 }
3306
3307 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3308 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3309 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3310
3311 static bfd_boolean
3312 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3313 {
3314 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3315
3316 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3317 {
3318 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3319
3320 /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created. */
3321 if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3322 elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3323
3324 /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet. */
3325 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3326 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3327 if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3328 || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3329 || !h->def_regular)
3330 {
3331 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3332
3333 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3334 (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3335 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3336 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3337 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3338 return FALSE;
3339
3340 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3341 h->def_regular = 1;
3342 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3343 }
3344 }
3345 return TRUE;
3346 }
3347
3348 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3349
3350 static bfd_boolean
3351 sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3352 {
3353 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3354 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3355 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3356
3357 /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3358 sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (). */
3359 if (! info)
3360 return TRUE;
3361
3362 for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3363 if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3364 break;
3365
3366 if (m)
3367 {
3368 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3369
3370 /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol. */
3371 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3372 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3373 if (h)
3374 {
3375 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3376 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3377 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3378 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value. We
3382 intentionally ignore the symbol section. */
3383 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3384 p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3385 else
3386 p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3387
3388 p->p_align = 8;
3389 }
3390
3391 return TRUE;
3392 }
3393
3394 #endif
3395
3396 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3397
3398 static bfd_boolean
3399 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3400 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3401 {
3402 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3403 bfd *dynobj;
3404 asection *s;
3405 bfd_boolean relocs;
3406 bfd *ibfd;
3407
3408 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3409 if (htab == NULL)
3410 return FALSE;
3411
3412 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3413 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3414
3415 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3416 {
3417 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3418 if (info->executable)
3419 {
3420 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3421 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3422 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3423 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3424 }
3425 }
3426
3427 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3428 relocs. */
3429 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3430 {
3431 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3432 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3433 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3434 char *local_got_type;
3435 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3436 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3437 asection *srel;
3438
3439 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3440 continue;
3441
3442 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3443 {
3444 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3445
3446 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3447 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3448 p != NULL;
3449 p = p->next)
3450 {
3451 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3452 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3453 {
3454 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3455 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3456 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3457 the relocs too. */
3458 }
3459 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3460 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3461 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3462 {
3463 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3464 handled specially by the loader. */
3465 }
3466 else if (p->count != 0)
3467 {
3468 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3469 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3470 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3471 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3472
3473 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3474 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3475 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3476 }
3477 }
3478 }
3479
3480 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3481 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3482 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3483 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3484 locsymcount *= 2;
3485 #endif
3486 s = htab->sgot;
3487 srel = htab->srelgot;
3488
3489 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3490 if (local_got)
3491 {
3492 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3493 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3494 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3495 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3496 {
3497 if (*local_got > 0)
3498 {
3499 *local_got = s->size;
3500 s->size += 4;
3501 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3502 s->size += 4;
3503 if (info->shared)
3504 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3505 else
3506 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3507
3508 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3509 {
3510 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3511 {
3512 bfd_size_type size;
3513
3514 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3515 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3516 size);
3517 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3518 return FALSE;
3519 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3520 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3521 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3522 }
3523 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3524 ++local_funcdesc;
3525 }
3526 }
3527 else
3528 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3529 ++local_got_type;
3530 }
3531 }
3532
3533 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3534 if (local_funcdesc)
3535 {
3536 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3537
3538 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3539 {
3540 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3541 {
3542 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3543 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3544 if (!info->shared)
3545 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3546 else
3547 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3548 }
3549 else
3550 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3551 }
3552 }
3553
3554 }
3555
3556 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3557 {
3558 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3559 relocs. */
3560 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3561 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3562 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3563 }
3564 else
3565 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3566
3567 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3568 the end of .got.plt. */
3569 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3570 {
3571 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3572 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3573 }
3574
3575 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3576 sym dynamic relocs. */
3577 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3578
3579 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3580 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3581 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3582 {
3583 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3584 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3585 }
3586
3587 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3588 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3589 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3590
3591 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3592 Allocate memory for them. */
3593 relocs = FALSE;
3594 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3595 {
3596 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3597 continue;
3598
3599 if (s == htab->splt
3600 || s == htab->sgot
3601 || s == htab->sgotplt
3602 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3603 || s == htab->srofixup
3604 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3605 {
3606 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3607 comment below. */
3608 }
3609 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3610 {
3611 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3612 relocs = TRUE;
3613
3614 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3615 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3616 s->reloc_count = 0;
3617 }
3618 else
3619 {
3620 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3621 continue;
3622 }
3623
3624 if (s->size == 0)
3625 {
3626 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3627 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3628 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3629 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3630 before the linker maps input sections to output
3631 sections. The linker does that before
3632 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3633 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3634 into these sections. */
3635
3636 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3637 continue;
3638 }
3639
3640 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3641 continue;
3642
3643 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3644 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3645 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3646 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3647 of garbage. */
3648 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3649 if (s->contents == NULL)
3650 return FALSE;
3651 }
3652
3653 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3654 {
3655 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3656 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3657 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3658 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3659 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3660 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3661 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3662
3663 if (info->executable)
3664 {
3665 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3666 return FALSE;
3667 }
3668
3669 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3670 {
3671 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3672 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3673 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3674 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3675 return FALSE;
3676 }
3677 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3678 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3679 {
3680 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3681 return FALSE;
3682 }
3683
3684 if (relocs)
3685 {
3686 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3687 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3688 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3689 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3690 return FALSE;
3691
3692 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3693 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3694 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3695 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3696
3697 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3698 {
3699 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3700 return FALSE;
3701 }
3702 }
3703 if (htab->vxworks_p
3704 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3705 return FALSE;
3706 }
3707 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3708
3709 return TRUE;
3710 }
3711 \f
3712 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3713
3714 inline static bfd_vma
3715 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3716 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3717 {
3718 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3719 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3720
3721 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3722 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3723 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3724
3725 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3726 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3727 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3728 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3729 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3730
3731 return reloc_offset;
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3735
3736 inline static void
3737 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3738 {
3739 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3740
3741 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3742 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3744 }
3745
3746 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3747 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3748
3749 static bfd_signed_vma
3750 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3751 {
3752 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3753 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3757 located. */
3758
3759 static unsigned
3760 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3761 {
3762 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3763
3764 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3765 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3766
3767 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3768 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3769 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3770 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3771 }
3772
3773 static bfd_boolean
3774 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3775 {
3776 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3777
3778 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3779 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3783 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3784 static bfd_boolean
3785 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3786 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3787 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3788 bfd_vma offset,
3789 asection *section,
3790 bfd_vma value)
3791 {
3792 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3793 int dynindx;
3794 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3795
3796 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3797
3798 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3799 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3800 go in the reloc instead... */
3801
3802 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3803 {
3804 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3805 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3806 }
3807
3808 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3809 {
3810 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3811 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3812 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3813 }
3814 else
3815 {
3816 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3817 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3818 addr = seg = 0;
3819 }
3820
3821 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3822 {
3823 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3824 {
3825 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3826 offset
3827 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3828 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3829 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3830 offset + 4
3831 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3832 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3833 }
3834
3835 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3836 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3837 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3838 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3839 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3840 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3841 }
3842 else
3843 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3844 offset
3845 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3846 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3847 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3848
3849 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3850 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3851
3852 return TRUE;
3853 }
3854
3855 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3856 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3857 otherwise. */
3858
3859 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3860 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3861 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3862 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3863 {
3864 unsigned long cur_val;
3865 bfd_byte *addr;
3866 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3867
3868 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3869 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3870
3871 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3872 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3873 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3874 return r;
3875
3876 addr = contents + offset;
3877 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3878 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3879 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3880
3881 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3882 }
3883
3884 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3885
3886 static bfd_boolean
3887 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3888 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3889 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3890 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3891 asection **local_sections)
3892 {
3893 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3894 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3895 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3896 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3897 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3898 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3899 asection *sgot = NULL;
3900 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3901 asection *splt = NULL;
3902 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3903 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3904 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3905 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3906 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3907
3908 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3909
3910 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3911 if (htab != NULL)
3912 {
3913 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3914 sgot = htab->sgot;
3915 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3916 splt = htab->splt;
3917 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3918 }
3919 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3920 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3921 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3922
3923 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3924 input_section->output_section);
3925 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3926 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3927 sgot->output_section);
3928 else
3929 got_segment = -1;
3930 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3931 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3932 splt->output_section);
3933 else
3934 plt_segment = -1;
3935
3936 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3937 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3938 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3939 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3940 ".tls_vars"));
3941
3942 rel = relocs;
3943 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3944 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3945 {
3946 int r_type;
3947 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3948 unsigned long r_symndx;
3949 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3950 asection *sec;
3951 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3952 bfd_vma relocation;
3953 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3954 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3955 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3956 bfd_vma off;
3957 enum got_type got_type;
3958 const char *symname = NULL;
3959
3960 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3961
3962 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3963
3964 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3965 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3966 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3967 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3968 continue;
3969 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3970 continue;
3971
3972 if (r_type < 0
3973 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3974 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3975 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3976 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3977 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3978 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3979 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3980 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3981 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3982 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3983 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3984 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3985 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3986 {
3987 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3988 return FALSE;
3989 }
3990
3991 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3992
3993 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3994 the relocation. */
3995 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3996 addend = rel->r_addend;
3997
3998 h = NULL;
3999 sym = NULL;
4000 sec = NULL;
4001 check_segment[0] = -1;
4002 check_segment[1] = -1;
4003 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4004 {
4005 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4006 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4007
4008 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4009 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4010 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4011 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4012
4013 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4014 + sec->output_offset
4015 + sym->st_value);
4016 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4017 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
4018 without notice. */
4019 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4020 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4021 (info,
4022 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4023 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4024
4025 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4026 /* Handled below. */
4027 ;
4028 else if (info->relocatable)
4029 {
4030 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
4031 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4032 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4033 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
4034 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4035 {
4036 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4037 {
4038 /* For relocations with the addend in the
4039 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4040 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4041 code is mostly for completeness. */
4042 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4043
4044 continue;
4045 }
4046
4047 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4048 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4049 from the changed location of the section symbol.
4050 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4051 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4052 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4053 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4054 final link. */
4055 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4056 sec->output_offset
4057 + sym->st_value,
4058 contents + rel->r_offset);
4059 goto relocation_done;
4060 }
4061
4062 continue;
4063 }
4064 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4065 {
4066 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4067 addend = rel->r_addend;
4068 }
4069 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4070 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4071 {
4072 asection *msec;
4073
4074 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4075 {
4076 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4077 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4078 input_bfd, input_section,
4079 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4080 return FALSE;
4081 }
4082
4083 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4084 msec = sec;
4085 addend =
4086 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4087 - relocation;
4088 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4089 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4090 addend = 0;
4091 }
4092 }
4093 else
4094 {
4095 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4096
4097 relocation = 0;
4098 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4099 symname = h->root.root.string;
4100 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4101 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4102 {
4103 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4104 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4105 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4106 doesn't count. */
4107 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4108 #endif
4109 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4110 }
4111 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4112 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4113 {
4114 bfd_boolean dyn;
4115
4116 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4117 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4118 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4119 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4120 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4121 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4122 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4123 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4124 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4125 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4126 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4127 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4128 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4129 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4130 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4131 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4132 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4133 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4134 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4135 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4136 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4137 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4138 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4139 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4140 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4141 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4142 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4143 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4144 && (! info->shared
4145 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4146 || !h->def_regular))
4147 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4148 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4149 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4150 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4151 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4152 || (info->shared
4153 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4154 || !h->def_regular)
4155 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4156 && !h->forced_local)
4157 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4158 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4159 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4160 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4161 sections against symbols defined externally
4162 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4163 with them here. */
4164 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4165 && h->def_dynamic)))
4166 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4167 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4168 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4169 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4170 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4171 && h->def_dynamic))
4172 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4173 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4174 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4175 ;
4176 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4177 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4178 + sec->output_section->vma
4179 + sec->output_offset)
4180 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4181 symbol value, unless we've seen
4182 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4183 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4184 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4185 else if (!info->relocatable
4186 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4187 input_section,
4188 rel->r_offset)
4189 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4190 {
4191 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4192 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4193 input_bfd,
4194 input_section,
4195 (long) rel->r_offset,
4196 howto->name,
4197 h->root.root.string);
4198 return FALSE;
4199 }
4200 }
4201 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4202 ;
4203 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4204 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4205 ;
4206 else if (!info->relocatable)
4207 {
4208 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4209 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4210 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4211 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4212 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4213 return FALSE;
4214 }
4215 }
4216
4217 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4218 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4219 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4220
4221 if (info->relocatable)
4222 continue;
4223
4224 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4225 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4226 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4227 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4228 if (sec != NULL)
4229 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4230 sec->output_section);
4231 else
4232 check_segment[1] = -1;
4233
4234 switch ((int) r_type)
4235 {
4236 final_link_relocate:
4237 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4238 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4239 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4240 contents, rel->r_offset,
4241 relocation, addend);
4242 break;
4243
4244 case R_SH_IND12W:
4245 goto final_link_relocate;
4246
4247 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4248 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4249 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4250 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4251 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4252 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4253 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4254 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4255 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4256 != relocation)
4257 {
4258 int disp = (relocation
4259 - input_section->output_section->vma
4260 - input_section->output_offset
4261 - rel->r_offset);
4262 int mask = 0;
4263 switch (r_type)
4264 {
4265 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4266 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4267 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4268 default: mask = 0; break;
4269 }
4270 if (disp & mask)
4271 {
4272 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4273 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4274 input_section->owner,
4275 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4277 return FALSE;
4278 }
4279 relocation -= 4;
4280 goto final_link_relocate;
4281 }
4282 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4283 break;
4284
4285 default:
4286 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4287 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4288 contents, rel, &relocation))
4289 goto final_link_relocate;
4290 #endif
4291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4292 return FALSE;
4293
4294 case R_SH_DIR16:
4295 case R_SH_DIR8:
4296 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4297 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4298 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4299 goto final_link_relocate;
4300
4301 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4302 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4303 if (relocation & 3)
4304 {
4305 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4306 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4307 input_section->owner,
4308 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4309 (unsigned long) relocation));
4310 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4311 return FALSE;
4312 }
4313 goto final_link_relocate;
4314
4315 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4316 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4317 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4318 if (relocation & 1)
4319 {
4320 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4321 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4322 input_section->owner,
4323 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4324 (unsigned long) relocation));
4325 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4326 return FALSE;
4327 }
4328 goto final_link_relocate;
4329
4330 case R_SH_PSHA:
4331 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4332 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4333 {
4334 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4335 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4336 input_section->owner,
4337 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4338 (unsigned long) relocation));
4339 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4340 return FALSE;
4341 }
4342 goto final_link_relocate;
4343
4344 case R_SH_PSHL:
4345 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4346 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4347 {
4348 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4349 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4350 input_section->owner,
4351 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4352 (unsigned long) relocation));
4353 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4354 return FALSE;
4355 }
4356 goto final_link_relocate;
4357
4358 case R_SH_DIR32:
4359 case R_SH_REL32:
4360 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4361 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4362 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4363 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4364 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4365 #endif
4366 if (info->shared
4367 && (h == NULL
4368 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4369 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4370 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4371 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4372 && !is_vxworks_tls
4373 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4374 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4375 {
4376 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4377 bfd_byte *loc;
4378 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4379
4380 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4381 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4382 time. */
4383
4384 if (sreloc == NULL)
4385 {
4386 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4387 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4388 if (sreloc == NULL)
4389 return FALSE;
4390 }
4391
4392 skip = FALSE;
4393 relocate = FALSE;
4394
4395 outrel.r_offset =
4396 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4397 rel->r_offset);
4398 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4399 skip = TRUE;
4400 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4401 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4402 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4403 + input_section->output_offset);
4404
4405 if (skip)
4406 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4407 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4408 {
4409 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4410 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4411 outrel.r_addend
4412 = (howto->partial_inplace
4413 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4414 : addend);
4415 }
4416 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4417 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4418 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4419 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4420 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4421 {
4422 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4423 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4424 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4425 }
4426 #endif
4427 else if (fdpic_p
4428 && (h == NULL
4429 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4430 && h->def_regular)))
4431 {
4432 int dynindx;
4433
4434 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4435 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4436 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4437 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4438 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4439 outrel.r_addend
4440 += (howto->partial_inplace
4441 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4442 : addend);
4443 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4444 }
4445 else
4446 {
4447 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4448 become local. */
4449 if (h == NULL
4450 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4451 && h->def_regular))
4452 {
4453 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4454 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4455 }
4456 else
4457 {
4458 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4459 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4460 }
4461 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4462 outrel.r_addend
4463 += (howto->partial_inplace
4464 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4465 : addend);
4466 }
4467
4468 loc = sreloc->contents;
4469 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4470 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4471
4472 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4473
4474 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4475 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4476 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4477 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4478 if (! relocate)
4479 continue;
4480 }
4481 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4482 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4483 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4484 {
4485 bfd_vma offset;
4486
4487 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4488
4489 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4490 input_section->output_section))
4491 {
4492 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4493 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4494 input_bfd,
4495 input_section,
4496 (long) rel->r_offset,
4497 symname);
4498 return FALSE;
4499 }
4500
4501 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4502 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4503 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4504 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4505 input_section->output_section->vma
4506 + input_section->output_offset
4507 + rel->r_offset);
4508
4509 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4510 }
4511 goto final_link_relocate;
4512
4513 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4514 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4515 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4516 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4517 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4518 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4519 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4520 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4521 #endif
4522 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4523 procedure linkage table. */
4524
4525 if (h == NULL
4526 || h->forced_local
4527 || ! info->shared
4528 || info->symbolic
4529 || h->dynindx == -1
4530 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4531 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4532 goto force_got;
4533
4534 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4535 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4536
4537 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4538 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4539 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4540 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4541 + 3) * 4);
4542
4543 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4544 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4545 #endif
4546
4547 goto final_link_relocate;
4548
4549 force_got:
4550 case R_SH_GOT32:
4551 case R_SH_GOT20:
4552 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4553 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4554 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4555 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4556 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4557 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4558 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4559 #endif
4560 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4561 offset table. */
4562
4563 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4564 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4565 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4566
4567 if (h != NULL)
4568 {
4569 bfd_boolean dyn;
4570
4571 off = h->got.offset;
4572 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4573 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4574 {
4575 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4576
4577 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4578 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4579 }
4580 #endif
4581 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4582
4583 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4584 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4585 || (info->shared
4586 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4587 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4588 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4589 {
4590 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4591 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4592 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4593 because of a version file. We must initialize
4594 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4595 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4596 least significant bit to record whether we have
4597 initialized it already.
4598
4599 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4600 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4601 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4602 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4603 off &= ~1;
4604 else
4605 {
4606 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4607 sgot->contents + off);
4608 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4609 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4610 {
4611 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4612
4613 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4614 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4615 }
4616 else
4617 #endif
4618 h->got.offset |= 1;
4619
4620 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4621 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4622 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4623 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4624 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4625 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4626 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4627 sgot->output_section->vma
4628 + sgot->output_offset
4629 + off);
4630 }
4631 }
4632
4633 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4634 }
4635 else
4636 {
4637 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4638 if (rel->r_addend)
4639 {
4640 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4641 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4642 + r_symndx]
4643 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4644
4645 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4646 + r_symndx];
4647 }
4648 else
4649 {
4650 #endif
4651 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4652 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4653
4654 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4655 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4656 }
4657 #endif
4658
4659 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4660 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4661 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4662 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4663 off &= ~1;
4664 else
4665 {
4666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4667
4668 if (info->shared)
4669 {
4670 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4671 bfd_byte *loc;
4672
4673 if (srelgot == NULL)
4674 {
4675 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4676 ".rela.got");
4677 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4678 }
4679
4680 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4681 + sgot->output_offset
4682 + off);
4683 if (fdpic_p)
4684 {
4685 int dynindx
4686 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4687 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4688 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4689 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4690 }
4691 else
4692 {
4693 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4694 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4695 }
4696 loc = srelgot->contents;
4697 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4699 }
4700 else if (fdpic_p
4701 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4702 == GOT_NORMAL))
4703 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4704 sgot->output_section->vma
4705 + sgot->output_offset
4706 + off);
4707
4708 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4709 if (rel->r_addend)
4710 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4711 else
4712 #endif
4713 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4714 }
4715
4716 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4717 }
4718
4719 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4720 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4721 #endif
4722
4723 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4724 {
4725 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4726 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4727 rel->r_offset);
4728 break;
4729 }
4730 else
4731 goto final_link_relocate;
4732
4733 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4734 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4735 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4736 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4737 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4738 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4739 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4740 #endif
4741 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4742 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4743 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4744 descriptors in front of it. */
4745 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4746 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4747 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4748 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4749 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4750
4751 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4752 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4753 #endif
4754
4755 addend = rel->r_addend;
4756
4757 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4758 {
4759 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4760 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4761 rel->r_offset);
4762 break;
4763 }
4764 else
4765 goto final_link_relocate;
4766
4767 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4768 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4769 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4770 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4771 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4772 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4773 #endif
4774 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4775
4776 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4777 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4778
4779 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4780 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4781 #endif
4782
4783 addend = rel->r_addend;
4784
4785 goto final_link_relocate;
4786
4787 case R_SH_PLT32:
4788 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4789 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4790 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4791 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4792 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4793 #endif
4794 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4795 procedure linkage table. */
4796
4797 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4798 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4799 if (h == NULL)
4800 goto final_link_relocate;
4801
4802 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4803 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4804 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4805 behavior. */
4806 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4807 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4808
4809 if (h->forced_local)
4810 goto final_link_relocate;
4811
4812 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4813 {
4814 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4815 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4816 using -Bsymbolic. */
4817 goto final_link_relocate;
4818 }
4819
4820 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4821 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4822 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4823 + splt->output_offset
4824 + h->plt.offset);
4825
4826 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4827 relocation++;
4828 #endif
4829
4830 addend = rel->r_addend;
4831
4832 goto final_link_relocate;
4833
4834 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4835 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4836 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4837 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4838 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4839 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4840 {
4841 int dynindx = -1;
4842 asection *reloc_section;
4843 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4844 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4845
4846 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4847
4848 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4849
4850 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4851 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4852 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4853 does. */
4854
4855 relocation = 0;
4856 addend = 0;
4857
4858 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4859 {
4860 reloc_section = input_section;
4861 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4862 }
4863 else
4864 {
4865 reloc_section = sgot;
4866
4867 if (h != NULL)
4868 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4869 else
4870 {
4871 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4872 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4873 }
4874 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4875
4876 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4877 {
4878 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4879 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4880 }
4881 }
4882
4883 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4884 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4885 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4886 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4887 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4888 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4889 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4890 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4891 {
4892 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4893 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4894 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4895 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4896 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4897 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4898 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4899 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4900 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4901 + h->root.u.def.value;
4902 }
4903 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4904 {
4905 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4906 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4907 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4908 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4909 descriptor. */
4910 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4911 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4912 }
4913 else
4914 {
4915 bfd_vma offset;
4916
4917 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4918 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4919 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4920 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4921 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4922
4923 if (h)
4924 {
4925 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4926 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4927 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4928 {
4929 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4930 offset, NULL, 0))
4931 return FALSE;
4932 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4933 }
4934 }
4935 else
4936 {
4937 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4938
4939 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4940 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4941 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4942 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4943 {
4944 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4945 offset, sec,
4946 sym->st_value))
4947 return FALSE;
4948 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4949 }
4950 }
4951
4952 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4953 }
4954
4955 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4956 {
4957 bfd_vma offset;
4958
4959 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4960 reloc_section->output_section))
4961 {
4962 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4963 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4964 input_bfd,
4965 input_section,
4966 (long) rel->r_offset,
4967 symname);
4968 return FALSE;
4969 }
4970
4971 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4972 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4973
4974 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4975 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4976 offset
4977 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4978 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4979 }
4980 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4981 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4982 {
4983 bfd_vma offset;
4984
4985 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4986 reloc_section->output_section))
4987 {
4988 info->callbacks->warning
4989 (info,
4990 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4991 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4992 return FALSE;
4993 }
4994
4995 if (srelgot == NULL)
4996 {
4997 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4998 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4999 }
5000
5001 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5002 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5003
5004 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5005 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5006 offset
5007 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5008 + reloc_section->output_offset,
5009 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5010
5011 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5012 {
5013 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5014 break;
5015 }
5016 else
5017 {
5018 relocation = 0;
5019 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5020 }
5021 }
5022
5023 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5024 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5025 funcdesc_leave_zero:
5026 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5027 {
5028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5029 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5030 if (h != NULL)
5031 h->got.offset |= 1;
5032 else
5033 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5034
5035 funcdesc_done_got:
5036
5037 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5038 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5039 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5040 #endif
5041 }
5042 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5043 {
5044 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5045 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5046 rel->r_offset);
5047 break;
5048 }
5049 else
5050 goto final_link_relocate;
5051 }
5052 break;
5053
5054 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5055 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5056 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5057 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5058 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5059 for them. */
5060 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5061
5062 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5063 relocation = 0;
5064 addend = rel->r_addend;
5065
5066 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5067 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5068 {
5069 _bfd_error_handler
5070 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5071 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5072 h->root.root.string);
5073 return FALSE;
5074 }
5075 else
5076 {
5077 bfd_vma offset;
5078
5079 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5080 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5081 if (h)
5082 {
5083 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5084 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5085 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5086 {
5087 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5088 offset, NULL, 0))
5089 return FALSE;
5090 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5091 }
5092 }
5093 else
5094 {
5095 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5096
5097 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5098 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5099 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5100 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5101 {
5102 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5103 offset, sec,
5104 sym->st_value))
5105 return FALSE;
5106 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5107 }
5108 }
5109
5110 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5111 }
5112
5113 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5114 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5115 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5116 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5117 #endif
5118
5119 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5120 {
5121 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5122 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5123 rel->r_offset);
5124 break;
5125 }
5126 else
5127 goto final_link_relocate;
5128
5129 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5130 {
5131 static bfd_vma start, end;
5132
5133 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5134 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5135 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5136 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5137 break;
5138
5139 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5140 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5141 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5142 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5143 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5144 break;
5145 }
5146
5147 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5148 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5149 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5150 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5151 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5152 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5153 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5154 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5155 else if (h != NULL)
5156 {
5157 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5158 if (! info->shared
5159 && (h->dynindx == -1
5160 || h->def_regular))
5161 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5162 }
5163
5164 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5165 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5166
5167 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5168 {
5169 bfd_vma offset;
5170 unsigned short insn;
5171
5172 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5173 {
5174 /* GD->LE transition:
5175 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5176 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5177 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5178 We change it into:
5179 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5180 nop; nop; ...
5181 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5182
5183 offset = rel->r_offset;
5184 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5185 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5186 offset -= 16;
5187 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5188 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5189 {
5190 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5191 offset -= 2;
5192 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5193 }
5194
5195 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5196 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5197 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5198 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5199 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5200 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5201 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5202 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5203 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5204 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5205 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5206
5207 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5208 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5209 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5211 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5212 }
5213 else
5214 {
5215 int target;
5216
5217 /* IE->LE transition:
5218 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5219 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5220 We change it into:
5221 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5222 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5223
5224 offset = rel->r_offset;
5225 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5226 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5227 offset -= 10;
5228 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5229 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5230 {
5231 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5232 offset -= 2;
5233 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5234 }
5235
5236 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5237 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5238 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5239 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5240 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5241 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5242 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5243 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5244 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5245 }
5246
5247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5248 contents + rel->r_offset);
5249 continue;
5250 }
5251
5252 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5253 abort ();
5254
5255 if (h != NULL)
5256 off = h->got.offset;
5257 else
5258 {
5259 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5260 abort ();
5261
5262 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5263 }
5264
5265 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5266 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5267 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5268 {
5269 off &= ~1;
5270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5271 sgot->contents + off);
5272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5273 contents + rel->r_offset);
5274 continue;
5275 }
5276
5277 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5278 off &= ~1;
5279 else
5280 {
5281 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5282 bfd_byte *loc;
5283 int dr_type, indx;
5284
5285 if (srelgot == NULL)
5286 {
5287 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5288 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5289 }
5290
5291 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5292 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5293
5294 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5295 indx = 0;
5296 else
5297 indx = h->dynindx;
5298
5299 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5300 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5301 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5302 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5303 else
5304 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5305 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5306 loc = srelgot->contents;
5307 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5308 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5309
5310 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5311 {
5312 if (indx == 0)
5313 {
5314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5315 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5316 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5317 }
5318 else
5319 {
5320 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5321 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5322 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5323 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5324 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5325 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5326 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5327 }
5328 }
5329
5330 if (h != NULL)
5331 h->got.offset |= 1;
5332 else
5333 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5334 }
5335
5336 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5337 abort ();
5338
5339 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5340 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5341 else
5342 {
5343 bfd_vma offset;
5344 unsigned short insn;
5345
5346 /* GD->IE transition:
5347 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5348 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5349 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5350 We change it into:
5351 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5352 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5353 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5354
5355 offset = rel->r_offset;
5356 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5357 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5358 offset -= 16;
5359 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5360 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5361 {
5362 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5363 offset -= 2;
5364 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5365 }
5366
5367 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5368
5369 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5370 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5371
5372 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5373 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5374 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5375 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5376 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5377 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5378 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5379 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5380 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5381 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5382
5383 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5384 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5385 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5386 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5387 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5388
5389 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5390 contents + rel->r_offset);
5391
5392 continue;
5393 }
5394
5395 addend = rel->r_addend;
5396
5397 goto final_link_relocate;
5398
5399 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5400 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5401 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5402 if (! info->shared)
5403 {
5404 bfd_vma offset;
5405 unsigned short insn;
5406
5407 /* LD->LE transition:
5408 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5409 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5410 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5411 We change it into:
5412 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5413 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5414
5415 offset = rel->r_offset;
5416 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5417 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5418 offset -= 16;
5419 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5420 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5421 {
5422 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5423 offset -= 2;
5424 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5425 }
5426
5427 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5428 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5429 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5430 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5431 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5432 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5433 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5434 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5435 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5436 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5437 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5438
5439 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5440 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5441 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5442 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5443 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5444 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5445
5446 continue;
5447 }
5448
5449 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5450 abort ();
5451
5452 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5453 if (off & 1)
5454 off &= ~1;
5455 else
5456 {
5457 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5458 bfd_byte *loc;
5459
5460 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5461 if (srelgot == NULL)
5462 abort ();
5463
5464 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5465 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5466 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5467 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5468 loc = srelgot->contents;
5469 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5470 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5471 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5472 }
5473
5474 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5475 addend = rel->r_addend;
5476
5477 goto final_link_relocate;
5478
5479 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5480 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5481 if (! info->shared)
5482 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5483 else
5484 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5485
5486 addend = rel->r_addend;
5487 goto final_link_relocate;
5488
5489 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5490 {
5491 int indx;
5492 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5493 bfd_byte *loc;
5494
5495 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5496
5497 if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5498 {
5499 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5500 addend = rel->r_addend;
5501 goto final_link_relocate;
5502 }
5503
5504 if (sreloc == NULL)
5505 {
5506 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5507 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5508 if (sreloc == NULL)
5509 return FALSE;
5510 }
5511
5512 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5513 indx = 0;
5514 else
5515 indx = h->dynindx;
5516
5517 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5518 + input_section->output_offset
5519 + rel->r_offset);
5520 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5521 if (indx == 0)
5522 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5523 else
5524 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5525
5526 loc = sreloc->contents;
5527 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5528 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5529 continue;
5530 }
5531 }
5532
5533 relocation_done:
5534 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5535 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5536 {
5537 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5538 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5539 {
5540 if (info->shared)
5541 {
5542 info->callbacks->einfo
5543 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5544 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5545 return FALSE;
5546 }
5547 else
5548 info->callbacks->einfo
5549 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5550 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5551 }
5552
5553 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5554 }
5555
5556 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5557 {
5558 switch (r)
5559 {
5560 default:
5561 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5562 abort ();
5563 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5564 {
5565 const char *name;
5566
5567 if (h != NULL)
5568 name = NULL;
5569 else
5570 {
5571 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5572 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5573 if (name == NULL)
5574 return FALSE;
5575 if (*name == '\0')
5576 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5577 }
5578 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5579 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5580 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5581 rel->r_offset)))
5582 return FALSE;
5583 }
5584 break;
5585 }
5586 }
5587 }
5588
5589 return TRUE;
5590 }
5591
5592 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5593 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5594
5595 static bfd_byte *
5596 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5597 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5598 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5599 bfd_byte *data,
5600 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5601 asymbol **symbols)
5602 {
5603 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5604 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5605 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5606 asection **sections = NULL;
5607 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5608 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5609
5610 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5611 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5612 if (relocatable
5613 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5614 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5615 link_order, data,
5616 relocatable,
5617 symbols);
5618
5619 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5620
5621 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5622 (size_t) input_section->size);
5623
5624 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5625 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5626 {
5627 asection **secpp;
5628 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5629 bfd_size_type amt;
5630
5631 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5632 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5633 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5634 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5635 goto error_return;
5636
5637 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5638 {
5639 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5640 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5641 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5642 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5643 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5644 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5645 goto error_return;
5646 }
5647
5648 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5649 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5650 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5651 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5652 goto error_return;
5653
5654 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5655 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5656 {
5657 asection *isec;
5658
5659 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5660 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5661 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5662 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5663 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5664 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5665 else
5666 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5667
5668 *secpp = isec;
5669 }
5670
5671 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5672 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5673 isymbuf, sections))
5674 goto error_return;
5675
5676 if (sections != NULL)
5677 free (sections);
5678 if (isymbuf != NULL
5679 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5680 free (isymbuf);
5681 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5682 free (internal_relocs);
5683 }
5684
5685 return data;
5686
5687 error_return:
5688 if (sections != NULL)
5689 free (sections);
5690 if (isymbuf != NULL
5691 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5692 free (isymbuf);
5693 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5694 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5695 free (internal_relocs);
5696 return NULL;
5697 }
5698
5699 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5700 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5701 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5702
5703 static bfd_vma
5704 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5705 {
5706 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5707 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5708 return 0;
5709 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5710 }
5711
5712 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5713
5714 static bfd_vma
5715 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5716 {
5717 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5718 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5719 return 0;
5720 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5721 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5722 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5723 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5724 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5725 }
5726
5727 static asection *
5728 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5729 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5730 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5731 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5732 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5733 {
5734 if (h != NULL)
5735 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5736 {
5737 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5738 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5739 return NULL;
5740 }
5741
5742 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5743 }
5744
5745 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5746
5747 static bfd_boolean
5748 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5749 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5750 {
5751 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5752 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5753 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5754 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5755 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5756
5757 if (info->relocatable)
5758 return TRUE;
5759
5760 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5761
5762 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5763 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5764 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5765 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5766
5767 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5768 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5769 {
5770 unsigned long r_symndx;
5771 unsigned int r_type;
5772 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5773 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5774 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5775 #endif
5776
5777 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5778 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5779 {
5780 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5781 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5782 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5783
5784 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5785 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5786 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5787 {
5788 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5789 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5790 #endif
5791 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5792 }
5793 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5794 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5795 if (p->sec == sec)
5796 {
5797 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5798 *pp = p->next;
5799 break;
5800 }
5801 }
5802
5803 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5804 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5805 {
5806 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5807 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5808 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5809 break;
5810
5811 case R_SH_GOT32:
5812 case R_SH_GOT20:
5813 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5814 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5815 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5816 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5817 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5818 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5819 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5820 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5821 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5822 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5823 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5824 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5825 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5826 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5827 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5828 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5829 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5830 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5831 #endif
5832 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5833 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5834 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5835 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5836 if (h != NULL)
5837 {
5838 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5839 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5840 {
5841 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5842 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5843 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5844 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5845 }
5846 else
5847 #endif
5848 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5849 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5850 }
5851 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5852 {
5853 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5854 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5855 {
5856 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5857 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5858 }
5859 else
5860 #endif
5861 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5862 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5863 }
5864 break;
5865
5866 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5867 if (h != NULL)
5868 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5869 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5870 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5871
5872 /* Fall through. */
5873
5874 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5875 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5876 if (h != NULL)
5877 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5878 else
5879 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5880 break;
5881
5882 case R_SH_DIR32:
5883 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5884 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5885 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5886 /* Fall thru */
5887
5888 case R_SH_REL32:
5889 if (info->shared)
5890 break;
5891 /* Fall thru */
5892
5893 case R_SH_PLT32:
5894 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5895 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5896 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5897 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5898 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5899 #endif
5900 if (h != NULL)
5901 {
5902 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5903 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5904 }
5905 break;
5906
5907 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5908 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5909 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5910 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5911 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5912 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5913 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5914 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5915 #endif
5916 if (h != NULL)
5917 {
5918 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5919 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5920 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5921 {
5922 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5923 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5924 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5925 }
5926 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5927 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5928 {
5929 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5930 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5931 }
5932 #endif
5933 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5934 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5935 }
5936 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5937 {
5938 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5939 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5940 {
5941 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5942 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5943 }
5944 else
5945 #endif
5946 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5947 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5948 }
5949 break;
5950
5951 default:
5952 break;
5953 }
5954 }
5955
5956 return TRUE;
5957 }
5958
5959 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5960
5961 static void
5962 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5963 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5964 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5965 {
5966 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5967
5968 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5969 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5970
5971 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5972 {
5973 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5974 {
5975 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5976 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5977
5978 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5979 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5980 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5981 {
5982 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5983
5984 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5985 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5986 {
5987 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5988 q->count += p->count;
5989 *pp = p->next;
5990 break;
5991 }
5992 if (q == NULL)
5993 pp = &p->next;
5994 }
5995 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5996 }
5997
5998 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5999 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6000 }
6001 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6002 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6003 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6004 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6005 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6006 #endif
6007 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6008 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6009 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6010 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6011
6012 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6013 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6014 {
6015 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6016 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6017 }
6018
6019 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6020 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6021 {
6022 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6023 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6024 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
6025 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6026 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6027 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6028 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6029 }
6030 else
6031 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6032 }
6033
6034 static int
6035 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6036 int is_local)
6037 {
6038 if (info->shared)
6039 return r_type;
6040
6041 switch (r_type)
6042 {
6043 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6044 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6045 if (is_local)
6046 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6047 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6048 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6049 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6050 }
6051
6052 return r_type;
6053 }
6054
6055 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6056 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6057 virtual table relocs for gc. */
6058
6059 static bfd_boolean
6060 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6061 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6062 {
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6064 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6065 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6066 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6067 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6068 asection *sreloc;
6069 unsigned int r_type;
6070 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
6071
6072 sreloc = NULL;
6073
6074 if (info->relocatable)
6075 return TRUE;
6076
6077 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6078
6079 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6080 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6081
6082 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6083 if (htab == NULL)
6084 return FALSE;
6085
6086 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6087 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6088 {
6089 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6090 unsigned long r_symndx;
6091 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6092 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6093 #endif
6094
6095 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6096 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6097
6098 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6099 h = NULL;
6100 else
6101 {
6102 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6103 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6104 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6105 {
6106 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6107 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6108 #endif
6109 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6110 }
6111 }
6112
6113 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6114 if (! info->shared
6115 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6116 && h != NULL
6117 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6118 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6119 && (h->dynindx == -1
6120 || h->def_regular))
6121 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6122
6123 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6124 switch (r_type)
6125 {
6126 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6127 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6128 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6129 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6130 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6131 if (h != NULL)
6132 {
6133 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6134 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6135 {
6136 case STV_INTERNAL:
6137 case STV_HIDDEN:
6138 break;
6139 default:
6140 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6141 break;
6142 }
6143 }
6144 break;
6145 }
6146
6147 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6148 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6149 {
6150 switch (r_type)
6151 {
6152 case R_SH_DIR32:
6153 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6154 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6155 break;
6156 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6157 case R_SH_GOT32:
6158 case R_SH_GOT20:
6159 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6160 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6161 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6162 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6163 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6164 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6165 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6166 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6167 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6168 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6169 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6170 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6171 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6172 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6173 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6174 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6175 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6176 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6177 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6178 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6179 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6180 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6181 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6182 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6183 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6184 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6185 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6186 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6187 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6188 #endif
6189 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6190 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6191 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6192 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6193 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6194 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6195 return FALSE;
6196 break;
6197
6198 default:
6199 break;
6200 }
6201 }
6202
6203 switch (r_type)
6204 {
6205 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6206 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6207 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6208 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6209 return FALSE;
6210 break;
6211
6212 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6213 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6214 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6215 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6216 if (h != NULL
6217 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6218 return FALSE;
6219 break;
6220
6221 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6222 if (info->shared)
6223 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6224
6225 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6226 force_got:
6227 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6228 case R_SH_GOT32:
6229 case R_SH_GOT20:
6230 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6231 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6232 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6233 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6234 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6235 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6236 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6237 #endif
6238 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6239 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6240 switch (r_type)
6241 {
6242 default:
6243 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6244 break;
6245 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6246 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6247 break;
6248 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6249 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6250 break;
6251 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6252 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6253 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6254 break;
6255 }
6256
6257 if (h != NULL)
6258 {
6259 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6260 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6261 {
6262 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6263 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6264
6265 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6266 }
6267 else
6268 #endif
6269 h->got.refcount += 1;
6270 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6271 }
6272 else
6273 {
6274 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6275
6276 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6277 symbol. */
6278 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6279 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6280 {
6281 bfd_size_type size;
6282
6283 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6284 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6285 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6286 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6287 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6288 size *= 2;
6289 #endif
6290 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6291 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6292 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6293 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6294 return FALSE;
6295 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6296 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6297 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6298 GOT offsets. */
6299 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6300 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6301 #else
6302 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6303 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6304 #endif
6305 }
6306 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6307 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6308 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6309 else
6310 #endif
6311 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6312 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6313 }
6314
6315 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6316 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6317 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6318 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6319 {
6320 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6321 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6322 else
6323 {
6324 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6325 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6326 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6327 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6328 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6329 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6330 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6331 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6332 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6333 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6334 else
6335 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6336 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6337 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6338 return FALSE;
6339 }
6340 }
6341
6342 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6343 {
6344 if (h != NULL)
6345 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6346 else
6347 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6348 }
6349
6350 break;
6351
6352 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6353 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6354 break;
6355
6356 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6357 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6358 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6359 if (rel->r_addend)
6360 {
6361 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6362 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6363 abfd);
6364 return FALSE;
6365 }
6366
6367 if (h == NULL)
6368 {
6369 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6370
6371 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6372 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6373 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6374 {
6375 bfd_size_type size;
6376
6377 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6378 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6379 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6380 size *= 2;
6381 #endif
6382 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6383 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6384 return FALSE;
6385 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6386 }
6387 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6388
6389 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6390 {
6391 if (!info->shared)
6392 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6393 else
6394 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6395 }
6396 }
6397 else
6398 {
6399 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6400 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6401 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6402
6403 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6404 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6405 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6406 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6407 {
6408 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6409 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6410 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6411 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6412 else
6413 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6414 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6415 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6416 }
6417 }
6418 break;
6419
6420 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6421 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6422 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6423 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6424 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6425 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6426 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6427 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6428 #endif
6429 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6430 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6431
6432 if (h == NULL
6433 || h->forced_local
6434 || ! info->shared
6435 || info->symbolic
6436 || h->dynindx == -1)
6437 goto force_got;
6438
6439 h->needs_plt = 1;
6440 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6441 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6442
6443 break;
6444
6445 case R_SH_PLT32:
6446 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6447 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6448 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6449 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6450 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6451 #endif
6452 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6453 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6454 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6455 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6456 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6457 after all. */
6458
6459 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6460 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6461 if (h == NULL)
6462 continue;
6463
6464 if (h->forced_local)
6465 break;
6466
6467 h->needs_plt = 1;
6468 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6469 break;
6470
6471 case R_SH_DIR32:
6472 case R_SH_REL32:
6473 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6474 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6475 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6476 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6477 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6478 #endif
6479 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6480 {
6481 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6482 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6483 }
6484
6485 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6486 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6487 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6488 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6489 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6490 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6491 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6492 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6493 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6494 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6495 possibility below by storing information in the
6496 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6497 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6498 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6499
6500 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6501 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6502 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6503 symbol. */
6504 if ((info->shared
6505 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6506 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6507 || (h != NULL
6508 && (! info->symbolic
6509 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6510 || !h->def_regular))))
6511 || (! info->shared
6512 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6513 && h != NULL
6514 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6515 || !h->def_regular)))
6516 {
6517 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6518 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6519
6520 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6521 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6522
6523 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6524 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6525 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6526 if (sreloc == NULL)
6527 {
6528 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6529 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6530
6531 if (sreloc == NULL)
6532 return FALSE;
6533 }
6534
6535 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6536 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6537 if (h != NULL)
6538 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6539 else
6540 {
6541 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6542 asection *s;
6543 void *vpp;
6544 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6545
6546 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6547 abfd, r_symndx);
6548 if (isym == NULL)
6549 return FALSE;
6550
6551 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6552 if (s == NULL)
6553 s = sec;
6554
6555 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6556 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6557 }
6558
6559 p = *head;
6560 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6561 {
6562 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6563 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6564 if (p == NULL)
6565 return FALSE;
6566 p->next = *head;
6567 *head = p;
6568 p->sec = sec;
6569 p->count = 0;
6570 p->pc_count = 0;
6571 }
6572
6573 p->count += 1;
6574 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6575 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6576 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6577 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6578 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6579 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6580 #endif
6581 )
6582 p->pc_count += 1;
6583 }
6584
6585 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6586 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6587 fixup. */
6588 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6589 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6590 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6591 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6592 break;
6593
6594 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6595 if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6596 {
6597 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6598 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6599 abfd);
6600 return FALSE;
6601 }
6602
6603 break;
6604
6605 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6606 /* Nothing to do. */
6607 break;
6608
6609 default:
6610 break;
6611 }
6612 }
6613
6614 return TRUE;
6615 }
6616
6617 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6618 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6619
6620 static bfd_boolean
6621 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6622 {
6623 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6624
6625 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6626 return FALSE;
6627
6628 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6629 return FALSE;
6630
6631 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6632
6633 return TRUE;
6634 }
6635
6636
6637 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6638 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6639 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6640 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6641
6642 int
6643 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6644 {
6645 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6646
6647 for (; i>0; i--)
6648 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6649 return i;
6650
6651 /* shouldn't get here */
6652 BFD_FAIL();
6653
6654 return -1;
6655 }
6656 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6657
6658 #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6659 /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
6660
6661 static bfd_boolean
6662 sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6663 {
6664 BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6665 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6666
6667 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6668 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6669 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6670 }
6671 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6672
6673 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6674 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6675
6676 static bfd_boolean
6677 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6678 {
6679 /* Copy object attributes. */
6680 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6681
6682 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6683 return TRUE;
6684
6685 /* Copy the stack size. */
6686 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6687 && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6688 {
6689 unsigned i;
6690
6691 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6692 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6693 {
6694 Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6695
6696 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6697 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6698 {
6699 memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6700
6701 /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6702 were first written. */
6703 if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6704 (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6705 ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6706 || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6707 ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6708 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6709 return FALSE;
6710 break;
6711 }
6712
6713 break;
6714 }
6715 }
6716
6717 return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6718 }
6719 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6720
6721 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6722
6723 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6724 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6725
6726 int
6727 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6728 {
6729 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6730 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6731
6732 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6733 }
6734
6735 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6736 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6737
6738 static bfd_boolean
6739 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6740 {
6741 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6742
6743 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6744 return TRUE;
6745
6746 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6747 {
6748 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6749 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6750 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6751 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6752 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6753 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6754 }
6755
6756 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6757 {
6758 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6759 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6760 ibfd);
6761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6762 return FALSE;
6763 }
6764
6765 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6766 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6767 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6768
6769 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6770 {
6771 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6772 ibfd);
6773 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6774 return FALSE;
6775 }
6776
6777 return TRUE;
6778 }
6779 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6780
6781 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6782 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6783 here. */
6784
6785 static bfd_boolean
6786 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6787 {
6788 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6789 return FALSE;
6790
6791 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6792 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6793 }
6794
6795 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6796 dynamic sections here. */
6797
6798 static bfd_boolean
6799 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6800 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6801 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6802 {
6803 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6804
6805 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6806 if (htab == NULL)
6807 return FALSE;
6808
6809 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6810 {
6811 asection *splt;
6812 asection *sgotplt;
6813 asection *srelplt;
6814
6815 bfd_vma plt_index;
6816 bfd_vma got_offset;
6817 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6818 bfd_byte *loc;
6819 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6820
6821 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6822 it up. */
6823
6824 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6825
6826 splt = htab->splt;
6827 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6828 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6829 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6830
6831 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6832 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6833 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6834 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6835 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6836
6837 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6838 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6839 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6840
6841 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6842 corresponds to this function. */
6843 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6844 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6845 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6846 bytes. */
6847 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6848 else
6849 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6850 reserved. */
6851 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6852
6853 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6854 if (info->shared)
6855 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6856 #endif
6857
6858 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6859 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6860 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6861 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6862
6863 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6864 {
6865 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6866 {
6867 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6868 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6869 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6870 h->plt.offset
6871 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6872 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6873 }
6874 else
6875 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6876 (splt->contents
6877 + h->plt.offset
6878 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6879 }
6880 else
6881 {
6882 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6883
6884 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6885 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6886 + sgotplt->output_offset
6887 + got_offset),
6888 (splt->contents
6889 + h->plt.offset
6890 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6891 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6892 {
6893 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6894 int distance;
6895
6896 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6897 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6898 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6899 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6900 to the last element of the previous group. */
6901 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6902 the common resolver stub. */
6903 reachable_plts = ((4096
6904 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6905 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6906 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6907 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6908 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6909 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6910 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6911 else
6912 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6913 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6914
6915 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6916 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6917 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6918 (splt->contents
6919 + h->plt.offset
6920 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6921 }
6922 else
6923 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6924 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6925 (splt->contents
6926 + h->plt.offset
6927 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6928 }
6929
6930 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6931 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6932 if (info->shared)
6933 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6934 #endif
6935 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6936 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6937
6938 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6939 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6940 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6941 (splt->contents
6942 + h->plt.offset
6943 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6944
6945 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6946 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6947 (splt->output_section->vma
6948 + splt->output_offset
6949 + h->plt.offset
6950 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6951 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6952 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6954 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6955 htab->splt->output_section),
6956 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6957
6958 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6959 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6960 + sgotplt->output_offset
6961 + got_offset);
6962 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6963 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6964 else
6965 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6966 rel.r_addend = 0;
6967 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6968 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6969 #endif
6970 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6971 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6972
6973 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
6974 {
6975 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6976 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6977 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6978 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6979
6980 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6981 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6982 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6983 + htab->splt->output_offset
6984 + h->plt.offset
6985 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6986 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6987 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6988 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6989 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6990
6991 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6992 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6993 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6994 + sgotplt->output_offset
6995 + got_offset);
6996 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6997 rel.r_addend = 0;
6998 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6999 }
7000
7001 if (!h->def_regular)
7002 {
7003 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7004 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
7005 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7006 }
7007 }
7008
7009 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7010 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7011 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7012 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7013 {
7014 asection *sgot;
7015 asection *srelgot;
7016 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7017 bfd_byte *loc;
7018
7019 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
7020 up. */
7021
7022 sgot = htab->sgot;
7023 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7024 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7025
7026 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7027 + sgot->output_offset
7028 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7029
7030 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7031 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7032 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7033 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7034 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7035 if (info->shared
7036 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7037 {
7038 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7039 {
7040 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7041 int dynindx
7042 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7043
7044 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7045 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7046 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7047 }
7048 else
7049 {
7050 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7051 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7052 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7053 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7054 }
7055 }
7056 else
7057 {
7058 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7059 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7060 rel.r_addend = 0;
7061 }
7062
7063 loc = srelgot->contents;
7064 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7065 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7066 }
7067
7068 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7069 {
7070 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7071
7072 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7073 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7074 {
7075 asection *sgot;
7076 asection *srelgot;
7077 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7078 bfd_byte *loc;
7079
7080 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7081 Set it up. */
7082
7083 sgot = htab->sgot;
7084 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7085 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7086
7087 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7088 + sgot->output_offset
7089 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7090
7091 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7092 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7093 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7094 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7095 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7096 if (info->shared
7097 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7098 {
7099 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7100 {
7101 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7102 int dynindx
7103 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7104
7105 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7106 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7107 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7108 }
7109 else
7110 {
7111 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7112 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7113 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7114 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7115 }
7116 }
7117 else
7118 {
7119 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7120 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7121 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7122 rel.r_addend = 0;
7123 }
7124
7125 loc = srelgot->contents;
7126 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7127 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7128 }
7129 }
7130 #endif
7131
7132 if (h->needs_copy)
7133 {
7134 asection *s;
7135 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7136 bfd_byte *loc;
7137
7138 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7139
7140 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7141 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7142 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7143
7144 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7145 ".rela.bss");
7146 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7147
7148 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7149 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7150 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7151 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7152 rel.r_addend = 0;
7153 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7154 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7155 }
7156
7157 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7158 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7159 ".got" section. */
7160 if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7161 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7162 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7163
7164 return TRUE;
7165 }
7166
7167 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7168
7169 static bfd_boolean
7170 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7171 {
7172 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7173 asection *sgotplt;
7174 asection *sdyn;
7175
7176 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7177 if (htab == NULL)
7178 return FALSE;
7179
7180 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7181 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7182
7183 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7184 {
7185 asection *splt;
7186 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7187
7188 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7189
7190 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7191 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7192 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7193 {
7194 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7195 asection *s;
7196 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7197 const char *name;
7198 #endif
7199
7200 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7201
7202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7203 {
7204 default:
7205 if (htab->vxworks_p
7206 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7207 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7208 break;
7209
7210 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7211 case DT_INIT:
7212 name = info->init_function;
7213 goto get_sym;
7214
7215 case DT_FINI:
7216 name = info->fini_function;
7217 get_sym:
7218 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7219 {
7220 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7221
7222 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7223 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7224 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7225 {
7226 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7227 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7228 }
7229 }
7230 break;
7231 #endif
7232
7233 case DT_PLTGOT:
7234 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7235 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7236 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7237 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7238 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7239 break;
7240
7241 case DT_JMPREL:
7242 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7243 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7244 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7245 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7246 break;
7247
7248 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7249 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7250 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7251 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7252 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7253 break;
7254
7255 case DT_RELASZ:
7256 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7257 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7258 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7259 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7260 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7261 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7262 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7263 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7264 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7265 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7266 {
7267 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7268 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7269 }
7270 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7271 break;
7272 }
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7276 splt = htab->splt;
7277 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7278 {
7279 unsigned int i;
7280
7281 memcpy (splt->contents,
7282 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7283 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7284 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7285 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7286 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7287 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7288 + sgotplt->output_offset
7289 + (i * 4)),
7290 (splt->contents
7291 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7292
7293 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7294 {
7295 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7296 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7297 bfd_byte *loc;
7298
7299 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7300 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7301 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7302 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7303 + splt->output_offset
7304 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7305 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7306 rel.r_addend = 8;
7307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7308 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7309
7310 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7311 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7312 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7313 output. */
7314 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7315 {
7316 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7318 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7319 R_SH_DIR32);
7320 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7321 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7322
7323 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7324 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7325 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7326 R_SH_DIR32);
7327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7328 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7329 }
7330 }
7331
7332 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7333 really seem like the right value. */
7334 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7335 }
7336 }
7337
7338 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7339 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7340 {
7341 if (sdyn == NULL)
7342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7343 else
7344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7345 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7346 sgotplt->contents);
7347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7349 }
7350
7351 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7352 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7353
7354 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7355 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7356 {
7357 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7358 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7359 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7360 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7361
7362 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7363
7364 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7365 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7366 }
7367
7368 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7369 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7370 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7371
7372 if (htab->srelgot)
7373 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7374 == htab->srelgot->size);
7375
7376 return TRUE;
7377 }
7378
7379 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7380 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7381 {
7382 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7383 {
7384 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7385 return reloc_class_relative;
7386 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7387 return reloc_class_plt;
7388 case R_SH_COPY:
7389 return reloc_class_copy;
7390 default:
7391 return reloc_class_normal;
7392 }
7393 }
7394
7395 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7396 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7397
7398 static bfd_boolean
7399 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7400 {
7401 int offset;
7402 unsigned int size;
7403
7404 switch (note->descsz)
7405 {
7406 default:
7407 return FALSE;
7408
7409 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7410 /* pr_cursig */
7411 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7412
7413 /* pr_pid */
7414 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7415
7416 /* pr_reg */
7417 offset = 72;
7418 size = 92;
7419
7420 break;
7421 }
7422
7423 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7424 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7425 size, note->descpos + offset);
7426 }
7427
7428 static bfd_boolean
7429 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7430 {
7431 switch (note->descsz)
7432 {
7433 default:
7434 return FALSE;
7435
7436 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7437 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7438 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7439 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7440 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7441 }
7442
7443 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7444 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7445 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7446
7447 {
7448 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7449 int n = strlen (command);
7450
7451 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7452 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7453 }
7454
7455 return TRUE;
7456 }
7457 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7458
7459
7460 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7461 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7462
7463 static bfd_vma
7464 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7465 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7466 {
7467 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7468
7469 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7470 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7471 }
7472
7473 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7474 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7475
7476 static bfd_boolean
7477 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7478 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7479 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7480 {
7481 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7482
7483 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7484 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7485 return FALSE;
7486
7487 return TRUE;
7488 }
7489
7490 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7491
7492 static bfd_byte
7493 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7494 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7495 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7496 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7497 bfd_vma *encoded)
7498 {
7499 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7500 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7501
7502 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7503 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7504 loc_offset, encoded);
7505
7506 h = htab->root.hgot;
7507 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7508
7509 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7510 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7511 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7512 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7513
7514 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7515 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7516 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7517
7518 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7519 - (h->root.u.def.value
7520 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7521 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7522
7523 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7524 }
7525
7526 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7527 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7528 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7529 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7530 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7531 #endif
7532
7533 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7534 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7535 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7536 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7537 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7538 #else
7539 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7540 #endif
7541
7542 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7543
7544 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7545 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7546 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7547 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7548 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7549 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7550 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7551 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7552 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7553 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7554 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7555 sh_elf_set_private_flags
7556 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7557 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7558 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7559 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7560
7561 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7562 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7563 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7564 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7565 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7566 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7567 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7568 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7569 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7570 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7571 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7572 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7573 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7574 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7575 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7576 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7577 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7578 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7579 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7580 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7581 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7582 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7583 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7584 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7585 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7586 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7587 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7588 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7589
7590 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7591 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7592 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7593 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7594 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7595 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7596
7597 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7598
7599 #include "elf32-target.h"
7600
7601 /* NetBSD support. */
7602 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7603 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7604 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7605 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7606 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7607 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7608 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7609 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7610 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7611 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7612 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7613 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7614 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7615 #undef elf32_bed
7616 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7617
7618 #include "elf32-target.h"
7619
7620
7621 /* Linux support. */
7622 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7623 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7624 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7625 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7626 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7627 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7628 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7629 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7630 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7631 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7632
7633 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7634 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7635 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7636 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7637 #undef elf32_bed
7638 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7639
7640 #include "elf32-target.h"
7641
7642
7643 /* FDPIC support. */
7644 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7645 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7646 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7647 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7648 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7649 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7650 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7651 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7652 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7653 #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7654 sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7655
7656 #undef elf32_bed
7657 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7658
7659 #include "elf32-target.h"
7660
7661 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7662
7663 /* VxWorks support. */
7664 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7665 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7666 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7667 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7668 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7669 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7670 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7671 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7672 #undef elf32_bed
7673 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7674
7675 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7676 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7677 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7678 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7679 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7680 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7681 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7682 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7683 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7684 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7685 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7686 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7687 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7688 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7689 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7690 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7691 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7692 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7693 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7694 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7695
7696 #include "elf32-target.h"
7697
7698 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.326633 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.